Merge "Use Sanitizer::stripAllTags( $x ) instead of html_entity_decode( strip_tags...
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.30.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @since 1.22
759 */
760 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
761
762 /**
763 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
764 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
765 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
766 * for non-specified types.
767 *
768 * @par Example:
769 * @code
770 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
771 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
772 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
773 * ];
774 * @endcode
775 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
776 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
777 */
778 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
779
780 /**
781 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
782 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
783 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
784 * @since 1.26
785 */
786 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
790 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
791 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
792 *
793 * @par Example:
794 * @code
795 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
796 * @endcode
797 */
798 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
799
800 /**
801 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
802 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
803 * appended to it as appropriate.
804 */
805 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
806
807 /**
808 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
809 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
810 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
811 * access to the thumbnail path.
812 *
813 * @par Example:
814 * @code
815 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
816 * @endcode
817 */
818 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
819
820 /**
821 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
822 */
823 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
824
825 /**
826 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
827 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
828 *
829 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
830 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
831 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
832 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
833 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
834 *
835 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
836 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
837 */
838 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
839
840 /**
841 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
842 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
843 * directory layout.
844 */
845 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
846
847 /**
848 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
849 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
850 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
851 * image description page on this wiki.
852 *
853 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
854 */
855 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
856
857 /**
858 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
859 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
860 *
861 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
862 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
863 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
864 */
865 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
866
867 /**
868 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
869 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
870 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
871 */
872 $wgFileBlacklist = [
873 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
874 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
875 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
876 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
877 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
878 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
879 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
880 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
881
882 /**
883 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
884 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
885 */
886 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
887 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
888 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
889 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
890 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
891 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
892 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
893 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
894 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
895 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
896 'application/x-msmetafile',
897 ];
898
899 /**
900 * Allow Java archive uploads.
901 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
902 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
903 */
904 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
905
906 /**
907 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
915 * by $wgFileExtensions.
916 *
917 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
918 */
919 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
920
921 /**
922 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
923 *
924 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
925 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
926 */
927 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
928
929 /**
930 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
931 */
932 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
933
934 /**
935 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
936 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
937 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
938 *
939 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
940 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
941 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
942 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
943 */
944 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
945 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
946 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
947 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
948 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
949 "application/pdf", // PDF files
950 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
951 ];
952
953 /**
954 * Plugins for media file type handling.
955 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
956 *
957 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
958 * and extensions should use extension.json.
959 */
960 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
961
962 /**
963 * Plugins for page content model handling.
964 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
965 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
966 *
967 * @since 1.21
968 */
969 $wgContentHandlers = [
970 // the usual case
971 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
972 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
973 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
974 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
975 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
976 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
977 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
978 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
979 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
984 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
985 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
986 */
987 $wgUseImageResize = true;
988
989 /**
990 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
991 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
992 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
993 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
994 *
995 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
996 */
997 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
998
999 /**
1000 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1001 */
1002 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1006 * @since 1.27
1007 */
1008 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1012 */
1013 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1014
1015 /**
1016 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1017 */
1018 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1022 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1023 */
1024 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1025
1026 /**
1027 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1028 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1029 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1030 *
1031 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1032 * @code
1033 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1034 * @endcode
1035 *
1036 * Leave as false to skip this.
1037 */
1038 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1042 *
1043 * @since 1.21
1044 */
1045 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1046
1047 /**
1048 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1049 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1050 * at sharp edges.
1051 *
1052 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1053 *
1054 * Supported values:
1055 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1056 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1057 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1058 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1059 *
1060 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1061 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1062 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1063 *
1064 * @since 1.27
1065 */
1066 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1070 * image formats.
1071 */
1072 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1073
1074 /**
1075 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1076 *
1077 * @since 1.26
1078 */
1079 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1083 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1084 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1085 *
1086 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1087 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1088 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1089 */
1090 $wgSVGConverters = [
1091 'ImageMagick' =>
1092 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1093 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1096 . '$output $input',
1097 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1098 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1099 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1100 ];
1101
1102 /**
1103 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1104 */
1105 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1106
1107 /**
1108 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1111
1112 /**
1113 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1119 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1120 */
1121 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1125 *
1126 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1127 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1128 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1129 *
1130 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1131 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1132 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1133 */
1134 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1138 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1139 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1140 *
1141 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1142 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1143 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1144 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1145 *
1146 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1147 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1153 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1154 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1155 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1156 */
1157 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1158
1159 /**
1160 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1161 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1162 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1163 *
1164 * @par Example:
1165 * @code
1166 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1167 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1168 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1169 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1170 * @endcode
1171 */
1172 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1173
1174 /**
1175 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1176 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1177 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1178 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1179 */
1180 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1184 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1185 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1186 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1187 */
1188 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1189
1190 /**
1191 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1192 * output instead of showing an error message.
1193 *
1194 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1195 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1196 *
1197 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1198 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1199 * are logged to a file for review.
1200 */
1201 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1205 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1206 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1207 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1208 * webserver(s).
1209 */
1210 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1214 */
1215 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1219 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1220 * is available that can rotate.
1221 */
1222 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1226 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1227 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1228 */
1229 $wgAntivirus = null;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1233 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1234 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1235 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1236 *
1237 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1238 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1239 *
1240 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1241 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1242 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1243 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1244 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1245 * path.
1246 *
1247 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1248 * function in SpecialUpload.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1250 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1251 * is not set.
1252 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1253 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1254 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1255 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1256 * no virus was found.
1257 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1258 * a virus.
1259 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1260 *
1261 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1262 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1263 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1264 */
1265 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1266
1267 # setup for clamav
1268 'clamav' => [
1269 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1270 'codemap' => [
1271 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1272 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1273 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1274 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1275 ],
1276 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1277 ],
1278 ];
1279
1280 /**
1281 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1282 */
1283 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1287 */
1288 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1289
1290 /**
1291 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1292 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1293 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1299 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1300 */
1301 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1302
1303 /**
1304 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1305 * the MIME type to standard output.
1306 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1307 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1308 *
1309 * @par Example:
1310 * @code
1311 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1312 * @endcode
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1318 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1319 * can be trusted.
1320 */
1321 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1325 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1326 */
1327 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1328 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1331 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 ];
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1337 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1338 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1339 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1340 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1341 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1342 */
1343 $wgImageLimits = [
1344 [ 320, 240 ],
1345 [ 640, 480 ],
1346 [ 800, 600 ],
1347 [ 1024, 768 ],
1348 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1349 ];
1350
1351 /**
1352 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1353 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1354 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1355 */
1356 $wgThumbLimits = [
1357 120,
1358 150,
1359 180,
1360 200,
1361 250,
1362 300
1363 ];
1364
1365 /**
1366 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1367 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1368 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1369 *
1370 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1371 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1372 * supports it.
1373 */
1374 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1375
1376 /**
1377 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1378 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1379 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1380 * following buckets:
1381 *
1382 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1383 *
1384 * and a distance of 50:
1385 *
1386 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1387 *
1388 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1389 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1390 */
1391 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1395 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1396 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1397 *
1398 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1399 *
1400 * @since 1.25
1401 */
1402
1403 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1404
1405 /**
1406 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1407 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1408 *
1409 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1410 * thumbnail's URL.
1411 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1412 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1413 *
1414 * @since 1.25
1415 */
1416 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1427 * HTTP request to.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1435 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1436 *
1437 * @since 1.26
1438 */
1439 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1440
1441 /**
1442 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1443 * Fields are:
1444 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1445 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1446 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1447 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1448 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1449 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1450 * @deprecated since 1.28
1451 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1452 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1453 * - mode: Gallery mode
1454 */
1455 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1459 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1460 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1461 */
1462 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1466 */
1467 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1471 *
1472 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1473 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1474 *
1475 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1476 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1477 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1478 */
1479 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * @name DJVU settings
1483 * @{
1484 */
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Path of the djvudump executable
1488 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1489 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1490 */
1491 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1495 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1496 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1497 */
1498 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1502 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1503 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1504 */
1505 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1509 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1510 *
1511 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1512 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1513 * the efficiency problem.
1514 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1515 *
1516 * @par Example:
1517 * @code
1518 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1519 * @endcode
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1525 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1526 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1529
1530 /**
1531 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1532 */
1533 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1536
1537 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1538
1539 /************************************************************************//**
1540 * @name Email settings
1541 * @{
1542 */
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Site admin email address.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1555 *
1556 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1557 */
1558 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1562 *
1563 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1564 */
1565 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1569 *
1570 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1571 */
1572 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1576 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1577 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1578 */
1579 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1583 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1589 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1590 *
1591 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1592 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1593 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1594 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1595 */
1596 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1600 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1601 */
1602 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1606 */
1607 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1611 */
1612 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1616 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1622 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1623 */
1624 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1625
1626 /**
1627 * SMTP Mode.
1628 *
1629 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1630 * Default to false or fill an array :
1631 *
1632 * @code
1633 * $wgSMTP = [
1634 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1635 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1636 * 'port' => '25',
1637 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1638 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1639 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1640 * ];
1641 * @endcode
1642 */
1643 $wgSMTP = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1647 */
1648 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1652 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1653 */
1654 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1658 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1659 */
1660 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1661
1662 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1663 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1664 # enable or disable at their discretion
1665 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1666 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1667
1668 /**
1669 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1670 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1671 * spam relay.
1672 */
1673 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1682 * user talk page.
1683 *
1684 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1685 * preference set to true.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1691 * allowed this in the preferences.
1692 */
1693 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1697 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1698 *
1699 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1700 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1701 *
1702 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1703 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1704 *
1705 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1706 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1707 */
1708 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1712 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1713 *
1714 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1715 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1716 */
1717 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1721 * match the limit on your mail server.
1722 */
1723 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1724
1725 /**
1726 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1727 */
1728 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1729
1730 /**
1731 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1732 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1733 */
1734 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1735
1736 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1737
1738 /************************************************************************//**
1739 * @name Database settings
1740 * @{
1741 */
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Database host name or IP address
1745 */
1746 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1750 */
1751 $wgDBport = 5432;
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Name of the database
1755 */
1756 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Database username
1760 */
1761 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Database user's password
1765 */
1766 $wgDBpassword = '';
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Database type
1770 */
1771 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1775 *
1776 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1777 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1778 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1779 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1780 */
1781 $wgDBssl = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1785 *
1786 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1787 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1788 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1789 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1790 */
1791 $wgDBcompress = false;
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1795 */
1796 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1800 */
1801 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Search type.
1805 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1806 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1807 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1808 */
1809 $wgSearchType = null;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Alternative search types
1813 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1814 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1815 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1816 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1817 */
1818 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Table name prefix
1822 */
1823 $wgDBprefix = '';
1824
1825 /**
1826 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1827 */
1828 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1829
1830 /**
1831 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1832 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1833 * DBA has done his best job.
1834 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1835 */
1836 $wgSQLMode = '';
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Mediawiki schema
1840 */
1841 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1845 */
1846 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1850 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1851 * main database.
1852 *
1853 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1854 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1855 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1856 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1857 *
1858 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1859 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1860 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1863 * $wgDBprefix.
1864 *
1865 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1866 * $wgDBmwschema.
1867 *
1868 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1869 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1870 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1871 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedDB = null;
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 */
1878 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1879
1880 /**
1881 * @see $wgSharedDB
1882 */
1883 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1884
1885 /**
1886 * @see $wgSharedDB
1887 * @since 1.23
1888 */
1889 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1890
1891 /**
1892 * Database load balancer
1893 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1894 * Fields are:
1895 * - host: Host name
1896 * - dbname: Default database name
1897 * - user: DB user
1898 * - password: DB password
1899 * - type: DB type
1900 *
1901 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1902 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1903 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1904 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1905 *
1906 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1907 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1908 *
1909 * - flags: bit field
1910 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1911 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1912 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1913 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1914 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1915 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1916 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1917 * if available
1918 *
1919 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1920 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1921 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1922 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1923 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1924 *
1925 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1926 * variable of the Database object.
1927 *
1928 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1929 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1930 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1931 *
1932 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1933 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1934 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1935 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1936 *
1937 * @code
1938 * SET @@read_only=1;
1939 * @endcode
1940 *
1941 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1942 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1943 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1944 */
1945 $wgDBservers = false;
1946
1947 /**
1948 * Load balancer factory configuration
1949 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1950 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1951 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1952 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1953 *
1954 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1955 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1956 */
1957 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1958
1959 /**
1960 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1961 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1962 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1963 * @since 1.27
1964 */
1965 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1966
1967 /**
1968 * File to log database errors to
1969 */
1970 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1971
1972 /**
1973 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1974 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1975 *
1976 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1977 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1978 *
1979 * @par Examples:
1980 * @code
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1983 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1984 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1986 * @endcode
1987 *
1988 * @since 1.20
1989 */
1990 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1994 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1995 *
1996 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1997 *
1998 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1999 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2000 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2001 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2002 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2003 *
2004 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2005 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2006 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2007 */
2008 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2009
2010 /**
2011 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2012 *
2013 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2014 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2015 * block).
2016 *
2017 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2018 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2019 * connections.
2020 *
2021 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2022 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2023 * pooled.
2024 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2025 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2026 *
2027 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2028 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2029 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2030 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2031 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2032 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2033 *
2034 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2035 */
2036 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2037
2038 /**
2039 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2040 * account.
2041 * Array numeric key => database name
2042 */
2043 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2044
2045 /**
2046 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2047 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2048 * show a more obvious warning.
2049 */
2050 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2054 */
2055 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2059 */
2060 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2061
2062 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2063
2064 /************************************************************************//**
2065 * @name Text storage
2066 * @{
2067 */
2068
2069 /**
2070 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2071 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2072 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2073 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2074 */
2075 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2076
2077 /**
2078 * External stores allow including content
2079 * from non database sources following URL links.
2080 *
2081 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2082 * @code
2083 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2084 * @endcode
2085 *
2086 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2087 */
2088 $wgExternalStores = [];
2089
2090 /**
2091 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2092 *
2093 * @par Example:
2094 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2095 * @code
2096 * $wgExternalServers = [
2097 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2098 * ];
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2102 * another class.
2103 */
2104 $wgExternalServers = [];
2105
2106 /**
2107 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2108 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2109 *
2110 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2111 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2112 *
2113 * @par Example:
2114 * @code
2115 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2116 * @endcode
2117 *
2118 * @var array
2119 */
2120 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2124 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2125 *
2126 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2127 */
2128 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2129
2130 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2131
2132 /************************************************************************//**
2133 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2134 * @{
2135 */
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Disable database-intensive features
2139 */
2140 $wgMiserMode = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2144 */
2145 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2149 */
2150 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2154 */
2155 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2156
2157 /**
2158 * Enable slow parser functions
2159 */
2160 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * Allow schema updates
2164 */
2165 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2166
2167 /**
2168 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2169 */
2170 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2171
2172 /**
2173 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2174 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2175 */
2176 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2177
2178 /**
2179 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2180 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2181 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2182 * @since 1.26
2183 */
2184 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2185
2186 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2187
2188 /************************************************************************//**
2189 * @name Cache settings
2190 * @{
2191 */
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2195 * from the web.
2196 *
2197 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2198 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2199 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2200 */
2201 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2205 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2206 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2207 *
2208 * The options are:
2209 *
2210 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2211 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2212 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2213 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2214 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2215 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2216 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2217 *
2218 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2219 */
2220 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2224 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2225 *
2226 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2227 */
2228 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2229
2230 /**
2231 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2232 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2233 *
2234 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2235 */
2236 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * The cache type for storing session data.
2240 *
2241 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2242 */
2243 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2244
2245 /**
2246 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2247 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2248 *
2249 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.20
2252 */
2253 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2257 *
2258 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2259 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2260 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2261 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2262 *
2263 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2264 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2265 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2266 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2267 */
2268 $wgObjectCaches = [
2269 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2270 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2271
2272 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2273 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2274 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2275
2276 'db-replicated' => [
2277 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2278 'readFactory' => [
2279 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2280 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2281 ],
2282 'writeFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2287 'reportDupes' => false
2288 ],
2289
2290 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2292 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2293 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2294 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2295 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2296 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 ];
2298
2299 /**
2300 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2301 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2302 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2303 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2304 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2305 *
2306 * The options are:
2307 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2308 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2309 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2310 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2311 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2312 * @since 1.26
2313 */
2314 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2318 *
2319 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2320 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2321 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2322 *
2323 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2324 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2325 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2326 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2327 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2328 *
2329 * @since 1.26
2330 */
2331 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2332 CACHE_NONE => [
2333 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2334 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2335 'channels' => []
2336 ]
2337 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2338 'memcached-php' => [
2339 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2340 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2341 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2342 ]
2343 */
2344 ];
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2348 *
2349 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2350 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2351 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2352 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2353 *
2354 * @var bool
2355 * @since 1.29
2356 */
2357 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2358
2359 /**
2360 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2361 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2362 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2363 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2364 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2365 *
2366 * The options are:
2367 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2368 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2369 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2370 *
2371 * @since 1.26
2372 */
2373 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2374
2375 /**
2376 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2377 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2378 */
2379 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2380
2381 /**
2382 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2383 */
2384 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2385
2386 /**
2387 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2388 */
2389 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2390
2391 /**
2392 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2393 */
2394 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2395
2396 /**
2397 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2398 *
2399 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2400 *
2401 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2402 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2403 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2404 * others' cookies.
2405 *
2406 * @since 1.27
2407 * @var string
2408 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2409 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2410 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2411 */
2412 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2416 *
2417 * @since 1.28
2418 */
2419 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2420
2421 /**
2422 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2423 */
2424 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2425
2426 /**
2427 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2428 */
2429 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2433 * requests.
2434 */
2435 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2436
2437 /**
2438 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2439 */
2440 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2441
2442 /**
2443 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2444 *
2445 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2446 *
2447 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2448 *
2449 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2450 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2451 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2452 */
2453 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2454
2455 /**
2456 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2457 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2458 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2459 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2460 */
2461 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2462
2463 /**
2464 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2465 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2466 *
2467 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2468 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2469 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2470 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2471 * otherwise the database will be used.
2472 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2473 * store static arrays.
2474 *
2475 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2476 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2477 *
2478 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2479 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2480 * will be used.
2481 *
2482 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2483 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2484 */
2485 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2486 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2487 'store' => 'detect',
2488 'storeClass' => false,
2489 'storeDirectory' => false,
2490 'manualRecache' => false,
2491 ];
2492
2493 /**
2494 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2495 */
2496 $wgCachePages = true;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2500 * client-side and server-side caching.
2501 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2502 * @verbatim
2503 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2504 * @endverbatim
2505 */
2506 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2507
2508 /**
2509 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2510 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2511 */
2512 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2513
2514 /**
2515 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2516 *
2517 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2518 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2519 * styles.
2520 */
2521 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2522
2523 /**
2524 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2525 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2526 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2527 */
2528 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2529
2530 /**
2531 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2532 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2533 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2534 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2535 */
2536 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2537
2538 /**
2539 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2540 * @deprecated since 1.26
2541 */
2542 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2546 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2547 */
2548 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2549
2550 /**
2551 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2552 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2553 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2554 *
2555 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2556 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2557 * don't update as expected.
2558 */
2559 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2563 */
2564 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2565
2566 /**
2567 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2568 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2569 *
2570 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2571 */
2572 $wgUseGzip = false;
2573
2574 /**
2575 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2576 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2577 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2578 * a grace period.
2579 */
2580 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2584 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2585 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2586 *
2587 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2588 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2589 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2590 */
2591 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2592
2593 /**
2594 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2595 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2596 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2597 *
2598 * @par Example:
2599 * @code
2600 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2601 * @endcode
2602 *
2603 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2604 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2605 *
2606 * @var int|bool
2607 */
2608 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2609
2610 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2611
2612 /************************************************************************//**
2613 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2614 *
2615 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2616 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2617 *
2618 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2619 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2620 * more details.
2621 *
2622 * @{
2623 */
2624
2625 /**
2626 * Enable/disable CDN.
2627 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2628 */
2629 $wgUseSquid = false;
2630
2631 /**
2632 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2633 */
2634 $wgUseESI = false;
2635
2636 /**
2637 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2638 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2639 * @since 1.27
2640 */
2641 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2642
2643 /**
2644 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2645 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2646 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2647 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2648 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2649 * HTTP redirects.
2650 */
2651 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2652
2653 /**
2654 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2655 *
2656 * @par Example:
2657 * @code
2658 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2659 * @endcode
2660 */
2661 $wgInternalServer = false;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2665 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2666 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2667 *
2668 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2669 */
2670 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2674 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2675 * @since 1.27
2676 */
2677 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2681 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2682 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2683 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2684 *
2685 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2686 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2687 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2688 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2689 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2690 *
2691 * @since 1.27
2692 */
2693 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2697 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2698 * @since 1.27
2699 */
2700 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2701
2702 /**
2703 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2704 *
2705 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2706 */
2707 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2708
2709 /**
2710 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2711 *
2712 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2713 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2714 *
2715 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2716 */
2717 $wgSquidServers = [];
2718
2719 /**
2720 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2721 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2722 * CIDR blocks.
2723 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2724 */
2725 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2726
2727 /**
2728 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2729 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2730 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2731 *
2732 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2733 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2734 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2735 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2736 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2737 *
2738 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2739 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2740 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2741 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2742 * reverse).
2743 *
2744 * @since 1.21
2745 */
2746 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2747
2748 /**
2749 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2750 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2751 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2752 *
2753 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2754 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2755 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2756 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2757 *
2758 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2759 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2760 * @code
2761 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2762 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2763 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2764 * 'port' => 4827,
2765 * ],
2766 * '' => [
2767 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2768 * 'port' => 4827,
2769 * ],
2770 * ];
2771 * @endcode
2772 *
2773 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2774 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2775 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2776 *
2777 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2778 * @code
2779 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2780 * '' => [
2781 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2782 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2783 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2784 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2785 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2786 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2787 * ],
2788 * ];
2789 * @endcode
2790 *
2791 * @since 1.22
2792 *
2793 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2794 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2795 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2796 *
2797 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2798 */
2799 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2800
2801 /**
2802 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2803 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2804 */
2805 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2806
2807 /**
2808 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2809 */
2810 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2811
2812 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2813
2814 /************************************************************************//**
2815 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2816 * @{
2817 */
2818
2819 /**
2820 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2821 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2822 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2823 *
2824 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2825 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2826 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2827 *
2828 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2829 * change it in their preferences.
2830 *
2831 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2832 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2833 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2834 */
2835 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2836
2837 /**
2838 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2839 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2840 */
2841 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2842
2843 /**
2844 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2845 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2846 *
2847 * @par Example:
2848 * @code
2849 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2850 * @endcode
2851 */
2852 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2853
2854 /**
2855 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2856 */
2857 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2858
2859 /**
2860 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2861 */
2862 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2863
2864 /**
2865 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2866 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2867 * Notes:
2868 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2869 * map.
2870 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2871 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2872 * this array.
2873 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2874 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2875 * the prefix in this array.
2876 */
2877 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2878
2879 /**
2880 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2881 */
2882 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2883
2884 /**
2885 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2886 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2887 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2888 *
2889 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2890 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2891 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2892 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2893 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2894 *
2895 * @since 1.29
2896 */
2897 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2898 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2899 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2900 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2901 ];
2902
2903 /**
2904 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2905 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2906 *
2907 * @deprecated since 1.29
2908 */
2909 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2910
2911 /**
2912 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2913 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2914 * set to "ar".
2915 *
2916 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2917 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2918 */
2919 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2920
2921 /**
2922 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2923 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2924 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2925 * support these characters.
2926 *
2927 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2928 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2929 */
2930 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2931
2932 /**
2933 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2934 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2935 * impact.
2936 *
2937 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2938 * details.
2939 *
2940 * @since 1.17
2941 */
2942 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2943
2944 /**
2945 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2946 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2947 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2948 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2949 *
2950 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2951 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2952 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2953 */
2954 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2955
2956 /**
2957 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2958 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2959 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2960 */
2961 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2962 /**
2963 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2964 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2965 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2966 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2967 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2968 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2969 *
2970 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2971 */
2972 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2973 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2974 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2975
2976 /**
2977 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2978 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2979 *
2980 * Known useragents:
2981 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2982 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2983 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2984 * - [...]
2985 *
2986 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2987 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2988 */
2989 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2990
2991 /**
2992 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2993 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2994 */
2995 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2996 ];
2997
2998 /**
2999 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3000 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3001 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3002 *
3003 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3004 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3005 * to remain viewable.
3006 *
3007 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3008 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3009 */
3010 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3014 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3015 */
3016 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3020 * numerals in interface.
3021 */
3022 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3026 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3027 */
3028 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3032 */
3033 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3037 */
3038 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3042 */
3043 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3047 */
3048 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3052 */
3053 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3057 * used to ease variant development work.
3058 */
3059 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3063 *
3064 * @par Example:
3065 * @code
3066 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3067 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3068 * @endcode
3069 */
3070 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3071
3072 /**
3073 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3074 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3075 * language variant.
3076 *
3077 * @par Example:
3078 * @code
3079 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3080 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3081 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3082 * @endcode
3083 *
3084 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3085 *
3086 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3087 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3088 */
3089 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3093 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3094 * customise these.
3095 */
3096 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3097
3098 /**
3099 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3100 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3101 *
3102 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3103 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3104 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3105 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3106 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3107 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3108 * the default behavior.
3109 *
3110 * @par Example:
3111 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3112 * portal:
3113 * @code
3114 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3115 * @endcode
3116 */
3117 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3118
3119 /**
3120 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3121 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3122 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3123 *
3124 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3125 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3126 *
3127 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3128 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3129 *
3130 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3131 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3132 *
3133 * @par Examples:
3134 * @code
3135 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3136 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3137 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3138 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3139 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3140 * @endcode
3141 */
3142 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3143
3144 /**
3145 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3146 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3147 *
3148 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3149 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3150 *
3151 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3152 */
3153 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3154
3155 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3156
3157 /*************************************************************************//**
3158 * @name Output format and skin settings
3159 * @{
3160 */
3161
3162 /**
3163 * The default Content-Type header.
3164 */
3165 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3166
3167 /**
3168 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3169 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3170 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3171 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3172 * @deprecated since 1.22
3173 */
3174 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3175
3176 /**
3177 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3178 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3179 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3180 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3181 * @deprecated since 1.22
3182 */
3183 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3184
3185 /**
3186 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3187 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3188 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3189 * to true by Setup.php.
3190 * @deprecated since 1.22
3191 */
3192 $wgHtml5 = true;
3193
3194 /**
3195 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3196 *
3197 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3198 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3199 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3200 * @since 1.16
3201 */
3202 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3206 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3207 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3208 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3209 * @since 1.24
3210 */
3211 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3215 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3216 * stable and change has been communicated.
3217 * @since 1.24
3218 */
3219 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Temporary variable that determines whether the EditPage class should use OOjs UI or not.
3223 * This will be removed later and OOjs UI will become the only option.
3224 *
3225 * @since 1.29
3226 */
3227 $wgOOUIEditPage = true;
3228
3229 /**
3230 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3231 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3232 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3233 *
3234 * @since 1.28
3235 */
3236 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3240 *
3241 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3242 *
3243 * @par Example:
3244 * @code
3245 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3246 * @endcode
3247 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3248 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3249 *
3250 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3251 */
3252 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3256 *
3257 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3258 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3259 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3260 */
3261 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3262
3263 /**
3264 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3265 */
3266 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3270 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3271 */
3272 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3276 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3277 */
3278 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3282 *
3283 * @since 1.24
3284 */
3285 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3289 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3290 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3291 */
3292 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3293
3294 /**
3295 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3296 */
3297 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Allow user Javascript page?
3301 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3302 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3303 */
3304 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3305
3306 /**
3307 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3308 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3309 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3310 */
3311 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3312
3313 /**
3314 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3315 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3316 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3317 */
3318 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3319
3320 /**
3321 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3322 */
3323 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3327 */
3328 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3329
3330 /**
3331 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3332 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3333 */
3334 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3335
3336 /**
3337 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3338 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3339 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3340 *
3341 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3342 *
3343 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3344 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3345 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3346 *
3347 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3348 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3349 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3350 * recommended.
3351 *
3352 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3353 * not just edit pages.
3354 */
3355 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3359 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3360 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3361 * Options are:
3362 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3363 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3364 * - false: Allow all framing.
3365 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3366 */
3367 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3368
3369 /**
3370 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3371 */
3372 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3373
3374 /**
3375 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3376 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3377 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3378 *
3379 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3380 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3381 * content (particularly Cite). See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3382 */
3383 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3384
3385 /**
3386 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3387 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3388 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3389 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3390 *
3391 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3392 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3393 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3394 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3395 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3396 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3397 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3398 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3399 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3400 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3401 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3402 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3403 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3404 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3405 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3406 * not be outputted
3407 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3408 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3409 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3410 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3411 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3412 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3413 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3414 */
3415 $wgFooterIcons = [
3416 "copyright" => [
3417 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3418 ],
3419 "poweredby" => [
3420 "mediawiki" => [
3421 // Defaults to point at
3422 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3423 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3424 "src" => null,
3425 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3426 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3427 ]
3428 ],
3429 ];
3430
3431 /**
3432 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3433 * to create an account.
3434 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3435 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3436 */
3437 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3438
3439 /**
3440 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3441 */
3442 $wgEdititis = false;
3443
3444 /**
3445 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3446 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3447 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3448 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3449 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3450 *
3451 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3452 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3453 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3454 */
3455 $wgSend404Code = true;
3456
3457 /**
3458 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3459 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3460 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3461 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3462 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3463 *
3464 * @since 1.20
3465 */
3466 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3467
3468 /**
3469 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3470 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3471 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3472 * unconditionally.
3473 */
3474 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3475
3476 /**
3477 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3478 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3479 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3480 * the domain root.
3481 *
3482 * @since 1.25
3483 */
3484 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3485
3486 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3487
3488 /*************************************************************************//**
3489 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3490 * @{
3491 */
3492
3493 /**
3494 * Client-side resource modules.
3495 *
3496 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3497 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3498 *
3499 * @par Example:
3500 * @code
3501 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3502 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3503 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3504 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3505 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3506 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3507 * ];
3508 * @endcode
3509 */
3510 $wgResourceModules = [];
3511
3512 /**
3513 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3514 *
3515 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3516 * not be modified or disabled.
3517 *
3518 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3519 *
3520 * @par Example:
3521 * @code
3522 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3523 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3524 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3525 * ];
3526 *
3527 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3528 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3529 * ];
3530 * @endcode
3531 *
3532 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3533 *
3534 * @par Equivalent:
3535 * @code
3536 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3537 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3538 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3539 * 'skinStyles' => [
3540 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3541 * ],
3542 * ];
3543 * @endcode
3544 *
3545 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3546 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3547 *
3548 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3549 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3550 *
3551 * @par Example:
3552 * @code
3553 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3554 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3555 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3556 * 'skinStyles' => [
3557 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3558 * ],
3559 * ];
3560 * // Note the '+' character:
3561 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3562 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3563 * ];
3564 * @endcode
3565 *
3566 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3567 *
3568 * @par Equivalent:
3569 * @code
3570 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3571 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3572 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3573 * 'skinStyles' => [
3574 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3575 * 'foo' => [
3576 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3577 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3578 * ],
3579 * ],
3580 * ];
3581 * @endcode
3582 *
3583 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3584 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3585 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3586 *
3587 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3588 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3589 *
3590 * @par Example:
3591 * @code
3592 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3593 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3594 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3595 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3596 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3597 * ];
3598 * @endcode
3599 */
3600 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3601
3602 /**
3603 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3604 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3605 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3606 *
3607 * @par Example:
3608 * @code
3609 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3610 * @endcode
3611 */
3612 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3613
3614 /**
3615 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3616 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3617 */
3618 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3619
3620 /**
3621 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3622 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3623 *
3624 * Following options to distinguish:
3625 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3626 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3627 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3628 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3629 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3630 *
3631 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3632 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3633 * client and MediaWiki.
3634 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3635 */
3636 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3637 'versioned' => [
3638 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3639 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3640 ],
3641 'unversioned' => [
3642 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3643 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3644 ],
3645 ];
3646
3647 /**
3648 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3649 *
3650 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3651 */
3652 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3653
3654 /**
3655 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3656 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3657 *
3658 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3659 */
3660 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3661
3662 /**
3663 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3664 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3665 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3666 *
3667 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3668 */
3669 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3670
3671 /**
3672 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3673 *
3674 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3675 */
3676 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3677
3678 /**
3679 * Use jQuery 3 (with jQuery Migrate) instead of jQuery 1.
3680 *
3681 * This is a temporary feature flag for the MediaWiki 1.29 development cycle while
3682 * instabilities with jQuery 3 are being addressed. See T124742.
3683 *
3684 * @deprecated since 1.29
3685 */
3686 $wgUsejQueryThree = true;
3687
3688 /**
3689 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3690 *
3691 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3692 * work.
3693 *
3694 * @par Example of legacy code:
3695 * @code{,js}
3696 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3697 * @endcode
3698 * or:
3699 * @code{,js}
3700 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3701 * @endcode
3702 *
3703 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3704 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3705 * @code{,js}
3706 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3707 * @endcode
3708 * or:
3709 * @code{,js}
3710 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3711 * @endcode
3712 */
3713 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3714
3715 /**
3716 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3717 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3718 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3719 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3720 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3721 * that you can't increase.
3722 *
3723 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3724 * string length limit.
3725 *
3726 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3727 */
3728 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3729
3730 /**
3731 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3732 * prior to minification to validate it.
3733 *
3734 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3735 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3736 */
3737 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3738
3739 /**
3740 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3741 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3742 *
3743 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3744 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3745 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3746 */
3747 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3748
3749 /**
3750 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3751 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3752 *
3753 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3754 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3755 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3756 *
3757 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3758 *
3759 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3760 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3761 *
3762 * @par Example:
3763 * @code
3764 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3765 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3766 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3767 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3768 * ];
3769 * @endcode
3770 * @since 1.22
3771 */
3772 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3773 /**
3774 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3775 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3776 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3777 * @since 1.27
3778 */
3779 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3780 ];
3781
3782 /**
3783 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3784 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3785 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3786 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3787 *
3788 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3789 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3790 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3791 * files from its own tree.
3792 *
3793 * @since 1.22
3794 */
3795 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3796 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3797 ];
3798
3799 /**
3800 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3801 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3802 */
3803 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3804
3805 /**
3806 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3807 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3808 *
3809 * @since 1.23
3810 */
3811 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3812
3813 /**
3814 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3815 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3816 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3817 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3818 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3819 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3820 * from the rest of the site.
3821 *
3822 * @since 1.25
3823 */
3824 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3825
3826 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3827
3828 /*************************************************************************//**
3829 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3830 * @{
3831 */
3832
3833 /**
3834 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3835 * used instead.
3836 */
3837 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3838
3839 /**
3840 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3841 *
3842 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3843 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3844 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3845 */
3846 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3847
3848 /**
3849 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3850 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3851 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3852 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3853 * hook or extension.json.
3854 *
3855 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3856 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3857 * the new namespace name.
3858 *
3859 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3860 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3861 *
3862 * @par Example:
3863 * @code
3864 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3865 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3866 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3867 * 102 => "Aide",
3868 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3869 * ];
3870 * @endcode
3871 *
3872 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3873 */
3874 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3875
3876 /**
3877 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3878 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3879 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3880 * @since 1.18
3881 */
3882 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3883
3884 /**
3885 * Namespace aliases.
3886 *
3887 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3888 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3889 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3890 * name.
3891 *
3892 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3893 *
3894 * @par Example:
3895 * @code
3896 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3897 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3898 * 'Help' => 100,
3899 * ];
3900 * @endcode
3901 */
3902 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3903
3904 /**
3905 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3906 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3907 *
3908 * Problematic punctuation:
3909 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3910 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3911 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3912 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3913 * corrupted by apache
3914 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3915 *
3916 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3917 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3918 *
3919 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3920 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3921 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3922 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3923 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3924 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3925 *
3926 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3927 *
3928 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3929 * this breaks interlanguage links
3930 */
3931 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3932
3933 /**
3934 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3935 *
3936 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3937 */
3938 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3939
3940 /**
3941 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3942 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3943 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3944 *
3945 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3946 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3947 */
3948 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3949
3950 /**
3951 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3952 */
3953 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3954
3955 /**
3956 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3957 * @{
3958 */
3959
3960 /**
3961 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3962 * database (.cdb) file.
3963 *
3964 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3965 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3966 * formats such as the following:
3967 *
3968 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3969 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3970 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3971 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3972 *
3973 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3974 * data layout.
3975 *
3976 * @var bool|array|string
3977 */
3978 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3979
3980 /**
3981 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3982 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3983 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3984 * - 3: site levels
3985 */
3986 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3987
3988 /**
3989 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3990 */
3991 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3992
3993 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3994
3995 /**
3996 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3997 * @{
3998 */
3999
4000 /**
4001 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4002 */
4003 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4004
4005 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4006
4007 /**
4008 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4009 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4010 * as 'redirected from' links.
4011 *
4012 * @par Example:
4013 * It might look something like this:
4014 * @code
4015 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4016 * @endcode
4017 *
4018 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4019 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4020 * the URL.
4021 */
4022 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4023
4024 /**
4025 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4026 *
4027 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4028 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4029 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4030 */
4031 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4032
4033 /**
4034 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4035 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4036 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4037 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4038 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4039 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4040 * NS_FILE.
4041 *
4042 * @par Example:
4043 * @code
4044 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4045 * @endcode
4046 */
4047 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4048
4049 /**
4050 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4051 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4052 */
4053 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4054 NS_TALK => true,
4055 NS_USER => true,
4056 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4057 NS_PROJECT => true,
4058 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4059 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4060 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4061 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4062 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4063 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4064 NS_HELP => true,
4065 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4066 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4067 ];
4068
4069 /**
4070 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4071 *
4072 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4073 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4074 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4075 *
4076 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4077 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4078 *
4079 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4080 * the new extension registration system.
4081 *
4082 * @since 1.23
4083 */
4084 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4085
4086 /**
4087 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4088 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4089 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4090 * number of articles in the wiki.
4091 */
4092 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4093
4094 /**
4095 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4096 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4097 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4098 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4099 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4100 */
4101 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4102
4103 /**
4104 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4105 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4106 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4107 */
4108 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4109
4110 /**
4111 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4112 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4113 * will make the redirect fail.
4114 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4115 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4116 *
4117 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4118 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4119 */
4120 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4121
4122 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4123
4124 /************************************************************************//**
4125 * @name Parser settings
4126 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4127 * @{
4128 */
4129
4130 /**
4131 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4132 *
4133 * class The class name
4134 *
4135 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4136 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4137 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4138 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4139 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4140 *
4141 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4142 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4143 *
4144 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4145 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4146 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4147 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4148 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4149 * an extension setup function.
4150 */
4151 $wgParserConf = [
4152 'class' => 'Parser',
4153 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4154 ];
4155
4156 /**
4157 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4158 */
4159 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4160
4161 /**
4162 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4163 * by PPFrame::expand()
4164 */
4165 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4166
4167 /**
4168 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4169 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4170 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4171 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4172 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4173 *
4174 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4175 */
4176 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4177
4178 /**
4179 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4180 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4181 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4182 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4183 */
4184 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4185
4186 /**
4187 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4188 */
4189 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4190
4191 /**
4192 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4193 *
4194 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4195 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4196 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4197 * more information.
4198 *
4199 * @see wfParseUrl
4200 */
4201 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4202 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4203 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4204 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4205 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4206 ];
4207
4208 /**
4209 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4210 */
4211 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4212
4213 /**
4214 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4215 */
4216 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4217
4218 /**
4219 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4220 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4221 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4222 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4223 *
4224 * @par Examples:
4225 * @code
4226 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4227 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4228 * @endcode
4229 */
4230 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4231
4232 /**
4233 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4234 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4235 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4236 * The image will be displayed.
4237 *
4238 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4239 * Or false to disable it
4240 */
4241 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4242
4243 /**
4244 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4245 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4246 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4247 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4248 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4249 * sites they control.
4250 */
4251 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4252
4253 /**
4254 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4255 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4256 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4257 *
4258 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4259 * parameters will be used instead.
4260 *
4261 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4262 *
4263 * Keys are:
4264 * - driver: May be:
4265 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4266 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4267 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4268 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4269 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4270 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4271 *
4272 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4273 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4274 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4275 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4276 */
4277 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4278
4279 /**
4280 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4281 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4282 */
4283 $wgUseTidy = false;
4284
4285 /**
4286 * The path to the tidy binary.
4287 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4288 */
4289 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4290
4291 /**
4292 * The path to the tidy config file
4293 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4294 */
4295 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4296
4297 /**
4298 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4299 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4300 */
4301 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4302
4303 /**
4304 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4305 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4306 */
4307 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4308
4309 /**
4310 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4311 * Only works for internal tidy.
4312 */
4313 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4314
4315 /**
4316 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4317 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4318 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4319 */
4320 $wgRawHtml = false;
4321
4322 /**
4323 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4324 *
4325 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4326 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4327 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4328 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4329 * to some of your users.
4330 */
4331 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4332
4333 /**
4334 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4335 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4336 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4337 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4338 */
4339 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4340
4341 /**
4342 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4343 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4344 */
4345 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4346
4347 /**
4348 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4349 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4350 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4351 *
4352 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4353 *
4354 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4355 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4356 * etc.
4357 *
4358 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4359 */
4360 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4361
4362 /**
4363 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4364 */
4365 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4366
4367 /**
4368 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4369 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4370 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4371 */
4372 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4373
4374 /**
4375 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4376 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4377 */
4378 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4379
4380 /**
4381 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4382 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4383 */
4384 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4385
4386 /**
4387 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4388 */
4389 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4393 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4394 */
4395 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4396
4397 /**
4398 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4399 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4400 *
4401 * @since 1.28
4402 */
4403 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4404 'ISBN' => false,
4405 'PMID' => false,
4406 'RFC' => false
4407 ];
4408
4409 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4410
4411 /************************************************************************//**
4412 * @name Statistics
4413 * @{
4414 */
4415
4416 /**
4417 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4418 * as a valid article.
4419 *
4420 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4421 *
4422 * This variable can have the following values:
4423 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4424 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4425 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4426 *
4427 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4428 *
4429 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4430 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4431 * script.
4432 */
4433 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4434
4435 /**
4436 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4437 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4438 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4439 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4440 * numbers between different wikis.
4441 */
4442 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4443
4444 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4445
4446 /************************************************************************//**
4447 * @name User accounts, authentication
4448 * @{
4449 */
4450
4451 /**
4452 * Central ID lookup providers
4453 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4454 * @since 1.27
4455 */
4456 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4457 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4458 ];
4459
4460 /**
4461 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4462 * @var string
4463 */
4464 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4465
4466 /**
4467 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4468 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4469 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4470 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4471 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4472 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4473 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4474 * Statements:
4475 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4476 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4477 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4478 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4479 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4480 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4481 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4482 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4483 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4484 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4485 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4486 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4487 * @since 1.26
4488 */
4489 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4490 'policies' => [
4491 'bureaucrat' => [
4492 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4493 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4494 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4495 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4496 ],
4497 'sysop' => [
4498 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4499 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4500 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4501 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4502 ],
4503 'bot' => [
4504 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4505 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4506 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4507 ],
4508 'default' => [
4509 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4510 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4511 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4512 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4513 ],
4514 ],
4515 'checks' => [
4516 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4517 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4518 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4519 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4520 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4521 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4522 ],
4523 ];
4524
4525 /**
4526 * Configure AuthManager
4527 *
4528 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4529 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4530 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4531 * (default is 0).
4532 *
4533 * Elements are:
4534 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4535 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4536 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4537 *
4538 * @since 1.27
4539 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4540 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4541 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4542 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4543 */
4544 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4545
4546 /**
4547 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4548 * @since 1.27
4549 */
4550 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4551 'preauth' => [
4552 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4553 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4554 'sort' => 0,
4555 ],
4556 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4557 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4558 'sort' => 0,
4559 ],
4560 ],
4561 'primaryauth' => [
4562 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4563 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4564 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4565 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4566 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4567 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4568 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4569 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4570 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4571 'args' => [ [
4572 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4573 'authoritative' => false,
4574 ] ],
4575 'sort' => 0,
4576 ],
4577 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4578 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4579 'args' => [ [
4580 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4581 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4582 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4583 // password") if it too fails.
4584 'authoritative' => true,
4585 ] ],
4586 'sort' => 100,
4587 ],
4588 ],
4589 'secondaryauth' => [
4590 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4591 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4592 'sort' => 0,
4593 ],
4594 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4595 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4596 'sort' => 100,
4597 ],
4598 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4599 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4600 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4601 // 'sort' => 100,
4602 // ],
4603 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4604 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4605 'sort' => 200,
4606 ],
4607 ],
4608 ];
4609
4610 /**
4611 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4612 *
4613 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4614 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4615 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4616 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4617 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4618 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4619 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4620 * that needs to do this.
4621 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4622 * the last X seconds.
4623 * - Come up with a third option.
4624 *
4625 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4626 * "X seconds".
4627 *
4628 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4629 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4630 * - LinkAccounts
4631 * - UnlinkAccount
4632 * - ChangeCredentials
4633 * - RemoveCredentials
4634 * - ChangeEmail
4635 *
4636 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4637 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4638 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4639 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4640 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4641 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4642 *
4643 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4644 *
4645 * @since 1.27
4646 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4647 */
4648 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4649 'default' => 300,
4650 ];
4651
4652 /**
4653 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4654 *
4655 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4656 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4657 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4658 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4659 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4660 *
4661 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4662 *
4663 * @since 1.27
4664 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4665 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4666 */
4667 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4668 'default' => true,
4669 ];
4670
4671 /**
4672 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4673 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4674 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4675 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4676 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4677 * @since 1.27
4678 * @var string[]
4679 */
4680 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4681 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4682 ];
4683
4684 /**
4685 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4686 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4687 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4688 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4689 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4690 * @since 1.27
4691 * @var string[]
4692 */
4693 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4694 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4695 ];
4696
4697 /**
4698 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4699 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4700 */
4701 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4702
4703 /**
4704 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4705 * words are allowed.
4706 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4707 */
4708 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4709
4710 /**
4711 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4712 *
4713 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4714 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4715 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4716 *
4717 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4718 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4719 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4720 */
4721 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4722
4723 /**
4724 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4725 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4726 * @since 1.23
4727 */
4728 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4729
4730 /**
4731 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4732 *
4733 * @since 1.24
4734 */
4735 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4736
4737 /**
4738 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4739 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4740 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4741 *
4742 * An advanced example:
4743 * @code
4744 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4745 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4746 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4747 * 'secrets' => [],
4748 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4749 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4750 * 'cost' => 5,
4751 * ];
4752 * @endcode
4753 *
4754 * @since 1.24
4755 */
4756 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4757 'A' => [
4758 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4759 ],
4760 'B' => [
4761 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4762 ],
4763 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4764 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4765 'types' => [
4766 'A',
4767 'pbkdf2',
4768 ],
4769 ],
4770 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4771 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4772 'types' => [
4773 'B',
4774 'pbkdf2',
4775 ],
4776 ],
4777 'bcrypt' => [
4778 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4779 'cost' => 9,
4780 ],
4781 'pbkdf2' => [
4782 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4783 'algo' => 'sha512',
4784 'cost' => '30000',
4785 'length' => '64',
4786 ],
4787 ];
4788
4789 /**
4790 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4791 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4792 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4793 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4794 */
4795 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4796 'username' => true,
4797 'email' => true,
4798 ];
4799
4800 /**
4801 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4802 */
4803 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4804
4805 /**
4806 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4807 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4808 */
4809 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4810
4811 /**
4812 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4813 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4814 */
4815 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4816 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4817 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4818 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4819 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4820 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4821 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4822 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4823 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4824 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4825 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4826 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4827 ];
4828
4829 /**
4830 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4831 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4832 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4833 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4834 */
4835 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4836 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4837 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4838 'date' => 'default',
4839 'diffonly' => 0,
4840 'disablemail' => 0,
4841 'editfont' => 'default',
4842 'editondblclick' => 0,
4843 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4844 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4845 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4846 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4847 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4848 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4849 'fancysig' => 0,
4850 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4851 'gender' => 'unknown',
4852 'hideminor' => 0,
4853 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4854 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4855 'imagesize' => 2,
4856 'math' => 1,
4857 'minordefault' => 0,
4858 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4859 'nickname' => '',
4860 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4861 'numberheadings' => 0,
4862 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4863 'previewontop' => 1,
4864 'rcdays' => 7,
4865 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4866 'rclimit' => 50,
4867 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4868 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4869 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4870 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4871 'skin' => false,
4872 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4873 'thumbsize' => 5,
4874 'underline' => 2,
4875 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4876 'usenewrc' => 1,
4877 'watchcreations' => 1,
4878 'watchdefault' => 1,
4879 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4880 'watchuploads' => 1,
4881 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4882 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4883 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4884 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4885 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4886 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4887 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4888 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4889 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4890 'watchmoves' => 0,
4891 'watchrollback' => 0,
4892 'wllimit' => 250,
4893 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4894 'prefershttps' => 1,
4895 ];
4896
4897 /**
4898 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4899 */
4900 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4901
4902 /**
4903 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4904 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4905 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4906 */
4907 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4908
4909 /**
4910 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4911 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4912 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4913 *
4914 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4915 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4916 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4917 */
4918 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4919
4920 /**
4921 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4922 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4923 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4924 * @since 1.17
4925 */
4926 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4927
4928 /**
4929 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4930 *
4931 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4932 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4933 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4934 *
4935 * @since 1.27
4936 * @var string|null
4937 */
4938 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4939
4940 /**
4941 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4942 *
4943 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4944 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4945 *
4946 * @since 1.27
4947 */
4948 $wgSessionProviders = [
4949 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4950 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4951 'args' => [ [
4952 'priority' => 30,
4953 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4954 ] ],
4955 ],
4956 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4957 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4958 'args' => [ [
4959 'priority' => 75,
4960 ] ],
4961 ],
4962 ];
4963
4964 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4965
4966 /************************************************************************//**
4967 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4968 * @{
4969 */
4970
4971 /**
4972 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4973 */
4974 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4975
4976 /**
4977 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4978 */
4979 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4980
4981 /**
4982 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4983 */
4984 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4985
4986 /**
4987 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4988 *
4989 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4990 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4991 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4992 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4993 *
4994 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4995 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4996 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4997 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4998 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4999 */
5000 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5001 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5002 'IPv6' => 19,
5003 ];
5004
5005 /**
5006 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5007 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5008 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5009 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5010 * anonymous visitors.
5011 */
5012 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5013
5014 /**
5015 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5016 *
5017 * @par Example:
5018 * @code
5019 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5020 * @endcode
5021 *
5022 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5023 *
5024 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5025 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5026 *
5027 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5028 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5029 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5030 */
5031 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5032
5033 /**
5034 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5035 *
5036 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5037 * is without underscore.
5038 *
5039 * @par Example:
5040 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5041 * @code
5042 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5043 * @endcode
5044 *
5045 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5046 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5047 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5048 *
5049 * @par Example:
5050 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5051 * @code
5052 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5053 * @endcode
5054 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5055 *
5056 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5057 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5058 */
5059 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5060
5061 /**
5062 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5063 * address before being allowed to edit?
5064 */
5065 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5066
5067 /**
5068 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5069 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5070 */
5071 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5072
5073 /**
5074 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5075 *
5076 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5077 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5078 *
5079 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5080 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5081 *
5082 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5083 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5084 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5085 * in in the user_groups table.
5086 *
5087 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5088 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5089 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5090 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5091 *
5092 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5093 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5094 *
5095 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5096 */
5097 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5098
5099 /** @cond file_level_code */
5100 // Implicit group for all visitors
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5114 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5115
5116 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5136
5137 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5140
5141 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5142 // from various log pages by default
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5151
5152 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5156 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5158 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5159 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5160 // can view deleted revision text
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5164 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5192 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5193 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5197
5198 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5201 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5202 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5203 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5204 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5205
5206 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5207 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5208 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5209 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5210 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5211 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5212 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5213 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5214 // For private suppression log access
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5216
5217 /**
5218 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5219 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5220 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5221 * server.
5222 */
5223 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5224
5225 /** @endcond */
5226
5227 /**
5228 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5229 *
5230 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5231 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5232 *
5233 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5234 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5235 */
5236 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5237
5238 /**
5239 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5240 */
5241 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5242
5243 /**
5244 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5245 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5246 *
5247 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5248 * group".
5249 *
5250 * @par Example:
5251 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5252 * @code
5253 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5254 * @endcode
5255 *
5256 * @par Example:
5257 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5258 * @code
5259 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5260 * @endcode
5261 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5262 * any group that they happen to be in.
5263 */
5264 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5265
5266 /**
5267 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5268 */
5269 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5270
5271 /**
5272 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5273 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5274 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5275 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5276 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5277 */
5278 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5279
5280 /**
5281 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5282 *
5283 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5284 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5285 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5286 *
5287 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5288 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5289 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5290 */
5291 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5292
5293 /**
5294 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5295 *
5296 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5297 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5298 *
5299 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5300 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5301 */
5302 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5303
5304 /**
5305 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5306 *
5307 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5308 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5309 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5310 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5311 * "semiprotected".
5312 *
5313 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5314 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5315 */
5316 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5317
5318 /**
5319 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5320 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5321 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5322 *
5323 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5324 */
5325 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5326
5327 /**
5328 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5329 *
5330 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5331 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5332 *
5333 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5334 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5335 */
5336 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5337
5338 /**
5339 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5340 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5341 * privileges of new accounts.
5342 *
5343 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5344 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5345 *
5346 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5347 *
5348 * @par Example:
5349 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5350 * @code
5351 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5352 * @endcode
5353 * Set age to one day:
5354 * @code
5355 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5356 * @endcode
5357 */
5358 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5359
5360 /**
5361 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5362 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5363 *
5364 * @par Example:
5365 * @code
5366 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5367 * @endcode
5368 */
5369 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5370
5371 /**
5372 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5373 *
5374 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5375 *
5376 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5377 * 'groupname' => cond,
5378 * 'group2' => cond2,
5379 * );
5380 *
5381 * A `cond` may be:
5382 * - a single condition without arguments:
5383 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5384 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5385 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5386 * - a single condition with arguments:
5387 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5388 * - a set of conditions:
5389 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5390 *
5391 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5392 * - `&` (**AND**):
5393 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5394 * - `|` (**OR**):
5395 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5396 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5397 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5398 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5399 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5400 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5401 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5402 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5403 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5404 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5405 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5406 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5407 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5408 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5409 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5410 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5411 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5412 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5413 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5414 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5415 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5416 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5417 * true if the user is blocked
5418 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5419 * true if the user is a bot
5420 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5421 *
5422 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5423 * linked by operands.
5424 *
5425 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5426 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5427 */
5428 $wgAutopromote = [
5429 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5430 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5431 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5432 ],
5433 ];
5434
5435 /**
5436 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5437 *
5438 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5439 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5440 *
5441 * The format is:
5442 * @code
5443 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5444 * @endcode
5445 * Where event is either:
5446 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5447 *
5448 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5449 *
5450 * @see $wgAutopromote
5451 * @since 1.18
5452 */
5453 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5454 'onEdit' => [],
5455 ];
5456
5457 /**
5458 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5459 * @since 1.18
5460 */
5461 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5462
5463 /**
5464 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5465 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5466 *
5467 * @par Example:
5468 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5469 * @code
5470 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5471 * @endcode
5472 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5473 * @code
5474 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5475 * @endcode
5476 * Sysops can make bots:
5477 * @code
5478 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5479 * @endcode
5480 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5481 * @code
5482 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5483 * @endcode
5484 */
5485 $wgAddGroups = [];
5486
5487 /**
5488 * @see $wgAddGroups
5489 */
5490 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5491
5492 /**
5493 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5494 * For extensions only.
5495 */
5496 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5497
5498 /**
5499 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5500 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5501 */
5502 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5503
5504 /**
5505 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5506 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5507 * This is limited for performance reason.
5508 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5509 * @since 1.23
5510 */
5511 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5512
5513 /**
5514 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5515 *
5516 * @par Example:
5517 * @code
5518 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5519 * // no more than 100 per month
5520 * [
5521 * 'count' => 100,
5522 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5523 * ],
5524 * // no more than 10 per day
5525 * [
5526 * 'count' => 10,
5527 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5528 * ],
5529 * ];
5530 * @endcode
5531 *
5532 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5533 */
5534 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5535 'count' => 0,
5536 'seconds' => 86400,
5537 ] ];
5538
5539 /**
5540 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5541 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5542 *
5543 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5544 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5545 *
5546 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5547 *
5548 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5549 */
5550 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5551
5552 /**
5553 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5554 */
5555 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5556
5557 /**
5558 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5559 * proxies
5560 * @since 1.16
5561 */
5562 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5563
5564 /**
5565 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5566 *
5567 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5568 * the blacklist require a key).
5569 *
5570 * @par Example:
5571 * @code
5572 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5573 * // String containing URL
5574 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5575 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5576 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5577 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5578 * // just use a string as shown above
5579 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5580 * ];
5581 * @endcode
5582 *
5583 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5584 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5585 * @since 1.16
5586 */
5587 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5588
5589 /**
5590 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5591 * what the other methods might say.
5592 */
5593 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5594
5595 /**
5596 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5597 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5598 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5599 * @since 1.29
5600 * @var string[]
5601 */
5602 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5603
5604 /**
5605 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5606 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5607 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5608 */
5609 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5610
5611 /**
5612 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5613 *
5614 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5615 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5616 * elapses.
5617 *
5618 * @par Example:
5619 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5620 * @code
5621 * $wgRateLimits = [
5622 * 'edit' => [
5623 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5624 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5625 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5626 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5627 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5628 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5629 * ]
5630 * ];
5631 * @endcode
5632 *
5633 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5634 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5635 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5636 * @code
5637 * $wgRateLimits = [
5638 * 'some-action' => [
5639 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5640 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5641 * ];
5642 * @endcode
5643 *
5644 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5645 */
5646 $wgRateLimits = [
5647 // Page edits
5648 'edit' => [
5649 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5650 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5651 ],
5652 // Page moves
5653 'move' => [
5654 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5655 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5656 ],
5657 // File uploads
5658 'upload' => [
5659 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5660 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5661 ],
5662 // Page rollbacks
5663 'rollback' => [
5664 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5665 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5666 ],
5667 // Triggering password resets emails
5668 'mailpassword' => [
5669 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5670 ],
5671 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5672 'emailuser' => [
5673 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5674 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5675 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5676 ],
5677 // Purging pages
5678 'purge' => [
5679 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5680 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5681 ],
5682 // Purges of link tables
5683 'linkpurge' => [
5684 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5685 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5686 ],
5687 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5688 'renderfile' => [
5689 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5690 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5691 ],
5692 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5693 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5694 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5695 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5696 ],
5697 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5698 'stashedit' => [
5699 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5700 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5701 ],
5702 // Adding or removing change tags
5703 'changetag' => [
5704 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5705 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5706 ],
5707 // Changing the content model of a page
5708 'editcontentmodel' => [
5709 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5710 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5711 ],
5712 ];
5713
5714 /**
5715 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5716 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5717 */
5718 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5719
5720 /**
5721 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5722 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5723 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5724 */
5725 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5726
5727 /**
5728 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5729 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5730 */
5731 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5732
5733 /**
5734 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5735 *
5736 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5737 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5738 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5739 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5740 *
5741 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5742 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5743 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5744 */
5745 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5746 // Short term limit
5747 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5748 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5749 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5750 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5751 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5752 ];
5753
5754 /**
5755 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5756 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5757 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5758 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5759 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5760 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5761 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5762 * @since 1.27
5763 */
5764 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5765
5766 // @TODO: clean up grants
5767 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5768
5769 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5770 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5771 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5772 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5773 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5774 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5775 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5776 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5779
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5784
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5787 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5789
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5792
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5796
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5798
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5803
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5806 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5814
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5821
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5823
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5828
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5832
5833 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5834
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5836 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5842
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5849
5850 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5851
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5853
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5855
5856 /**
5857 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5858 * @since 1.27
5859 */
5860 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5861 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5862 'basic' => 'hidden',
5863
5864 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5865 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5866 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5867 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5868
5869 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5870 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5871
5872 'sendemail' => 'email',
5873
5874 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5875 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5876
5877 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5878 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5879
5880 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5881 'rollback' => 'administration',
5882 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5883 'delete' => 'administration',
5884 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5885 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5886 'protect' => 'administration',
5887 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5888
5889 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5890
5891 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5892 ];
5893
5894 /**
5895 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5896 * @since 1.27
5897 */
5898 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5899
5900 /**
5901 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5902 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5903 * @since 1.27
5904 */
5905 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5906
5907 /**
5908 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5909 *
5910 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5911 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5912 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5913 * @since 1.27
5914 */
5915 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5916
5917 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5918
5919 /************************************************************************//**
5920 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5921 * @{
5922 */
5923
5924 /**
5925 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5926 */
5927 $wgSecretKey = false;
5928
5929 /**
5930 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5931 *
5932 * This can have the following formats:
5933 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5934 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5935 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5936 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5937 */
5938 $wgProxyList = [];
5939
5940 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5941
5942 /************************************************************************//**
5943 * @name Cookie settings
5944 * @{
5945 */
5946
5947 /**
5948 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5949 */
5950 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5951
5952 /**
5953 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5954 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5955 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5956 * login cookies session-only.
5957 */
5958 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5959
5960 /**
5961 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5962 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5963 */
5964 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5965
5966 /**
5967 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5968 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5969 */
5970 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5971
5972 /**
5973 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5974 * - true: Set secure flag
5975 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5976 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5977 */
5978 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5979
5980 /**
5981 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5982 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5983 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5984 * check.
5985 */
5986 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5990 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5991 * name to be used as a prefix.
5992 */
5993 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5994
5995 /**
5996 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5997 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5998 * XSS attack.
5999 */
6000 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6001
6002 /**
6003 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6004 */
6005 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6006
6007 /**
6008 * Override to customise the session name
6009 */
6010 $wgSessionName = false;
6011
6012 /**
6013 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6014 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6015 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6016 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6017 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6018 */
6019 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6020
6021 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6022
6023 /************************************************************************//**
6024 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6025 * @{
6026 */
6027
6028 /**
6029 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6030 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6031 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6032 * Please see math/README for more information.
6033 */
6034 $wgUseTeX = false;
6035
6036 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6037
6038 /************************************************************************//**
6039 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6040 *
6041 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6042 *
6043 * @{
6044 */
6045
6046 /**
6047 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6048 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6049 * may contain private data.
6050 */
6051 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6052
6053 /**
6054 * Prefix for debug log lines
6055 */
6056 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6057
6058 /**
6059 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6060 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6061 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6062 */
6063 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6064
6065 /**
6066 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6067 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6068 * and gen=js requests.
6069 */
6070 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6071
6072 /**
6073 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6074 *
6075 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6076 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6077 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6078 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6079 */
6080 $wgDebugComments = false;
6081
6082 /**
6083 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6084 *
6085 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6086 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6087 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6088 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6089 */
6090 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6091
6092 /**
6093 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6094 *
6095 * @since 1.26
6096 */
6097 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6098 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6099 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6100 'GET' => [
6101 'masterConns' => 0,
6102 'writes' => 0,
6103 'readQueryTime' => 5
6104 ],
6105 // HTTP POST requests.
6106 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6107 'POST' => [
6108 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6109 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6110 'maxAffected' => 1000
6111 ],
6112 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6113 'masterConns' => 0,
6114 'writes' => 0,
6115 'readQueryTime' => 5
6116 ],
6117 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6118 'PostSend' => [
6119 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6120 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6121 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6122 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6123 'masterConns' => 0,
6124 'writes' => 0,
6125 ],
6126 // Background job runner
6127 'JobRunner' => [
6128 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6129 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6130 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6131 ],
6132 // Command-line scripts
6133 'Maintenance' => [
6134 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6135 'maxAffected' => 1000
6136 ]
6137 ];
6138
6139 /**
6140 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6141 *
6142 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6143 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6144 * in production.
6145 *
6146 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6147 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6148 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6149 * - associative array with keys:
6150 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6151 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6152 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6153 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6154 *
6155 * @par Example:
6156 * @code
6157 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6158 * @endcode
6159 *
6160 * @par Advanced example:
6161 * @code
6162 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6163 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6164 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6165 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6166 * ];
6167 * @endcode
6168 */
6169 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6170
6171 /**
6172 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6173 *
6174 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6175 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6176 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6177 * details.
6178 *
6179 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6180 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6181 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6182 *
6183 * @par To completely disable logging:
6184 * @code
6185 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6186 * @endcode
6187 *
6188 * @since 1.25
6189 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6190 * @see MwLogger
6191 */
6192 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6193 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6194 ];
6195
6196 /**
6197 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6198 *
6199 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6200 */
6201 $wgShowDebug = false;
6202
6203 /**
6204 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6205 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6206 */
6207 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6208
6209 /**
6210 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6211 */
6212 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6213
6214 /**
6215 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6216 */
6217 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6218
6219 /**
6220 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6221 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6222 * to an attacker.
6223 */
6224 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6225
6226 /**
6227 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6228 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6229 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6230 * formatting.
6231 */
6232 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6233
6234 /**
6235 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6236 *
6237 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6238 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6239 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6240 * exception handler.
6241 */
6242 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6243
6244 /**
6245 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6246 */
6247 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6248
6249 /**
6250 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6251 */
6252 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6253
6254 /**
6255 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6256 * Should be a string, default false.
6257 * @since 1.20
6258 */
6259 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6260
6261 /**
6262 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6263 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6264 */
6265 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6266
6267 /**
6268 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6269 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6270 * after the limit.
6271 */
6272 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6273
6274 /**
6275 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6276 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6277 */
6278 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6279
6280 /**
6281 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6282 *
6283 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6284 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6285 */
6286 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6287
6288 /**
6289 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6290 *
6291 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6292 *
6293 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6294 *
6295 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6296 * @since 1.25
6297 */
6298 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6299
6300 /**
6301 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6302 *
6303 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6304 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6305 * @since 1.25
6306 */
6307 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6308
6309 /**
6310 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6311 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6312 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6313 * @since 1.28
6314 */
6315 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6316
6317 /**
6318 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6319 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6320 * templates.
6321 */
6322 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6323
6324 /**
6325 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6326 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6327 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6328 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6329 */
6330 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6331
6332 /**
6333 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6334 * filename is passed to it.
6335 *
6336 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6337 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6338 *
6339 * Use full paths.
6340 */
6341 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6342 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6343 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6344 ];
6345
6346 /**
6347 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6348 */
6349 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6350
6351 /**
6352 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6353 * @since 1.19
6354 */
6355 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6356
6357 /**
6358 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6359 * queries and other useful output.
6360 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6361 *
6362 * @since 1.19
6363 */
6364 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6365
6366 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6367
6368 /************************************************************************//**
6369 * @name Search
6370 * @{
6371 */
6372
6373 /**
6374 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6375 */
6376 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6377
6378 /**
6379 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6380 * by default off due to execution overhead
6381 */
6382 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6383
6384 /**
6385 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6386 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6387 */
6388 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6389
6390 /**
6391 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6392 *
6393 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6394 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6395 *
6396 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6397 *
6398 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6399 */
6400 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6401
6402 /**
6403 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6404 *
6405 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6406 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6407 *
6408 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6409 */
6410 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6411 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6412 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6413 ];
6414
6415 /**
6416 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6417 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6418 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6419 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6420 */
6421 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6422
6423 /**
6424 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6425 * OpenSearch call.
6426 */
6427 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6428
6429 /**
6430 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6431 */
6432 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6433
6434 /**
6435 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6436 */
6437 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6438
6439 /**
6440 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6441 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6442 */
6443 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6444
6445 /**
6446 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6447 *
6448 * @par Example:
6449 * @code
6450 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6451 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6452 * @endcode
6453 */
6454 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6455 NS_MAIN => true,
6456 ];
6457
6458 /**
6459 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6460 * implemented by an extension instead.
6461 */
6462 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6463
6464 /**
6465 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6466 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6467 * search term.
6468 *
6469 * @par Example:
6470 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6471 * @code
6472 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6473 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6474 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6475 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6476 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6477 * @endcode
6478 */
6479 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6480
6481 /**
6482 * Search form behavior.
6483 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6484 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6485 */
6486 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6487
6488 /**
6489 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6490 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6491 * generated for all namespaces.
6492 */
6493 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6494
6495 /**
6496 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6497 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6498 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6499 *
6500 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6501 * @par Example:
6502 * @code
6503 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6504 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6505 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6506 * ];
6507 * @endcode
6508 */
6509 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6510
6511 /**
6512 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6513 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6514 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6515 */
6516 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6517
6518 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6519
6520 /************************************************************************//**
6521 * @name Edit user interface
6522 * @{
6523 */
6524
6525 /**
6526 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6527 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6528 */
6529 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6530
6531 /**
6532 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6533 */
6534 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6535
6536 /**
6537 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6538 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6539 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6540 */
6541 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6542 NS_CATEGORY => true
6543 ];
6544
6545 /**
6546 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6547 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6548 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6549 */
6550 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6551
6552 /**
6553 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6554 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6555 * ting this variable false.
6556 */
6557 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6558
6559 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6560
6561 /************************************************************************//**
6562 * @name Maintenance
6563 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6564 * @{
6565 */
6566
6567 /**
6568 * @cond file_level_code
6569 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6570 */
6571 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6572 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6573 }
6574 /** @endcond */
6575
6576 /**
6577 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6578 */
6579 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6580
6581 /**
6582 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6583 * used as an explanation to users.
6584 *
6585 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6586 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6587 * option in MySQL.
6588 */
6589 $wgReadOnly = null;
6590
6591 /**
6592 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6593 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6594 * message.
6595 *
6596 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6597 */
6598 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6602 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6603 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6604 *
6605 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6606 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6607 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6608 */
6609 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6610
6611 /**
6612 * Fully specified path to git binary
6613 */
6614 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6615
6616 /**
6617 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6618 *
6619 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6620 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6621 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6622 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6623 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6624 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6625 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6626 *
6627 * @since 1.20
6628 */
6629 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6630 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6631 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6632 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6633 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6634 ];
6635
6636 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6637
6638 /************************************************************************//**
6639 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6640 * @{
6641 */
6642
6643 /**
6644 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6645 * seconds will go.
6646 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6647 */
6648 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6649
6650 /**
6651 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6652 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6653 * @since 1.26
6654 */
6655 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6656
6657 /**
6658 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6659 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6660 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6661 * @since 1.26
6662 */
6663 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6664
6665 /**
6666 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6667 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6668 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6669 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6670 * is still there.
6671 */
6672 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6673
6674 /**
6675 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6676 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6677 */
6678 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6679
6680 /**
6681 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6682 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6683 */
6684 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6685
6686 /**
6687 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6688 *
6689 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6690 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6691 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6692 *
6693 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6694 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6695 * passed to the constructor.
6696 *
6697 * Common options:
6698 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6699 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6700 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6701 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6702 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6703 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6704 *
6705 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6706 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6707 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6708 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6709 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6710 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6711 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6712 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6713 *
6714 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6715 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6716 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6717 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6718 *
6719 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6720 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6721 *
6722 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6723 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6724 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6725 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6726 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6727 * ];
6728 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6729 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6730 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6731 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6732 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6733 * ];
6734 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6735 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6736 * ];
6737 * @since 1.22
6738 */
6739 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6740
6741 /**
6742 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6743 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6744 * @since 1.22
6745 */
6746 $wgRCEngines = [
6747 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6748 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6749 ];
6750
6751 /**
6752 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6753 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6754 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6755 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6756 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6757 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6758 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6759 *
6760 * @since 1.27
6761 */
6762 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6763
6764 /**
6765 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6766 * New pages and new files are included.
6767 */
6768 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6769
6770 /**
6771 * Whether to allow users to save their RecentChanges filters
6772 */
6773 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableSaving = true;
6774
6775 /**
6776 * Whether to show the new experimental views (like namespaces, tags, and users) in
6777 * RecentChanges filters
6778 */
6779 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableExperimentalViews = false;
6780
6781 /**
6782 * Whether to allow users to use the experimental live update feature in the new RecentChanges UI
6783 */
6784 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableLiveUpdate = false;
6785
6786 /**
6787 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6788 */
6789 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6790
6791 /**
6792 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6793 *
6794 * @since 1.27
6795 */
6796 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6797
6798 /**
6799 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6800 */
6801 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6802
6803 /**
6804 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6805 */
6806 $wgFeed = true;
6807
6808 /**
6809 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6810 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6811 */
6812 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6813
6814 /**
6815 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6816 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6817 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6818 *
6819 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6820 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6821 */
6822 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6823
6824 /**
6825 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6826 * pages larger than this size.
6827 */
6828 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6829
6830 /**
6831 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6832 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6833 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6834 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6835 * as value.
6836 * @par Example:
6837 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6838 * @code
6839 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6840 * @endcode
6841 */
6842 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6843
6844 /**
6845 * Available feeds objects.
6846 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6847 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6848 */
6849 $wgFeedClasses = [
6850 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6851 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6852 ];
6853
6854 /**
6855 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6856 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6857 */
6858 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6859
6860 /**
6861 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6862 */
6863 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6864
6865 /**
6866 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6867 */
6868 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6869
6870 /**
6871 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6872 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6873 * highlighted on the RC page.
6874 */
6875 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6876
6877 /**
6878 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6879 * view for watched pages with new changes
6880 */
6881 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6882
6883 /**
6884 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6885 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6886 */
6887 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6888
6889 /**
6890 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6891 */
6892 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6893
6894 /**
6895 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6896 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6897 */
6898 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6899
6900 /**
6901 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6902 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6903 * watchers.
6904 *
6905 * @since 1.21
6906 */
6907 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6908
6909 /**
6910 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6911 * certain types of edits.
6912 *
6913 * To register a new one:
6914 * @code
6915 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6916 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6917 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6918 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6919 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6920 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6921 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6922 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6923 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6924 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6925 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6926 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6927 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6928 * ];
6929 * @endcode
6930 *
6931 * @since 1.22
6932 */
6933 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6934 'newpage' => [
6935 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6936 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6937 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6938 'grouping' => 'any',
6939 ],
6940 'minor' => [
6941 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6942 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6943 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6944 'class' => 'minoredit',
6945 'grouping' => 'all',
6946 ],
6947 'bot' => [
6948 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6949 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6950 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6951 'class' => 'botedit',
6952 'grouping' => 'all',
6953 ],
6954 'unpatrolled' => [
6955 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6956 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6957 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6958 'grouping' => 'any',
6959 ],
6960 ];
6961
6962 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6963
6964 /************************************************************************//**
6965 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6966 * @{
6967 */
6968
6969 /**
6970 * Override for copyright metadata.
6971 *
6972 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6973 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6974 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6975 */
6976 $wgRightsPage = null;
6977
6978 /**
6979 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6980 * wiki.
6981 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6982 */
6983 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6984
6985 /**
6986 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6987 * link.
6988 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6989 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6990 */
6991 $wgRightsText = null;
6992
6993 /**
6994 * Override for copyright metadata.
6995 */
6996 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6997
6998 /**
6999 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7000 */
7001 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7002
7003 /**
7004 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7005 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7006 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7007 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7008 * large wikis.
7009 */
7010 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7011
7012 /**
7013 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7014 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7015 */
7016 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7017
7018 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7019
7020 /************************************************************************//**
7021 * @name Import / Export
7022 * @{
7023 */
7024
7025 /**
7026 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7027 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7028 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7029 *
7030 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7031 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7032 * e.g.
7033 * @code
7034 * $wgImportSources = [
7035 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7036 * 'wikispecies',
7037 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7038 * ];
7039 * @endcode
7040 *
7041 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7042 * the ImportSources hook.
7043 *
7044 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7045 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7046 */
7047 $wgImportSources = [];
7048
7049 /**
7050 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7051 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7052 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7053 *
7054 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7055 */
7056 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7057
7058 /**
7059 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7060 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7061 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7062 */
7063 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7064
7065 /**
7066 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7067 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7068 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7069 */
7070 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7071
7072 /**
7073 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7074 */
7075 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7076
7077 /**
7078 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7079 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7080 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7081 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7082 * it's disabled by default for now.
7083 *
7084 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7085 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7086 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7087 */
7088 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7089
7090 /**
7091 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7092 */
7093 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7094
7095 /**
7096 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7097 */
7098 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7099
7100 /**
7101 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7102 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7103 *
7104 * @since 1.27
7105 */
7106 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7107
7108 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7109
7110 /*************************************************************************//**
7111 * @name Extensions
7112 * @{
7113 */
7114
7115 /**
7116 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7117 * initialised
7118 */
7119 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7120
7121 /**
7122 * Extension messages files.
7123 *
7124 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7125 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7126 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7127 * is the most common.
7128 *
7129 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7130 * in the core.
7131 *
7132 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7133 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7134 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7135 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7136 *
7137 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7138 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7139 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7140 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7141 *
7142 * @par Example:
7143 * @code
7144 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7145 * @endcode
7146 */
7147 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7148
7149 /**
7150 * Extension messages directories.
7151 *
7152 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7153 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7154 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7155 * message directories.
7156 *
7157 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7158 *
7159 * @par Simple example:
7160 * @code
7161 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7162 * @endcode
7163 *
7164 * @par Complex example:
7165 * @code
7166 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7167 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7168 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7169 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7170 * ]
7171 * @endcode
7172 * @since 1.23
7173 */
7174 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7175
7176 /**
7177 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7178 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7179 * @since 1.22
7180 */
7181 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7182
7183 /**
7184 * Parser output hooks.
7185 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7186 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7187 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7188 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7189 *
7190 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7191 *
7192 * The callback has the form:
7193 * @code
7194 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7195 * @endcode
7196 */
7197 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7198
7199 /**
7200 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7201 */
7202 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7203
7204 /**
7205 * List of valid skin names
7206 *
7207 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7208 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7209 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7210 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7211 */
7212 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7213
7214 /**
7215 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7216 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7217 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7218 * SpecialPage.
7219 */
7220 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7221
7222 /**
7223 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7224 */
7225 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7226
7227 /**
7228 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7229 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7230 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7231 */
7232 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7233
7234 /**
7235 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7236 *
7237 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7238 *
7239 * @code
7240 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7241 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7242 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7243 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7244 * 'author' => [
7245 * 'Foo Barstein',
7246 * ],
7247 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7248 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7249 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7250 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7251 * ];
7252 * @endcode
7253 *
7254 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7255 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7256 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7257 * interpreted as wikitext.
7258 *
7259 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7260 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7261 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7262 *
7263 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7264 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7265 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7266 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7267 *
7268 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7269 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7270 * usually are.)
7271 *
7272 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7273 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7274 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7275 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7276 *
7277 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7278 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7279 *
7280 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7281 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7282 *
7283 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7284 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7285 */
7286 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7287
7288 /**
7289 * Authentication plugin.
7290 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7291 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7292 */
7293 $wgAuth = null;
7294
7295 /**
7296 * Global list of hooks.
7297 *
7298 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7299 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7300 * internally by Hook:run().
7301 *
7302 * The value can be one of:
7303 *
7304 * - A function name:
7305 * @code
7306 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7307 * @endcode
7308 * - A function with some data:
7309 * @code
7310 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7311 * @endcode
7312 * - A an object method:
7313 * @code
7314 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7315 * @endcode
7316 * - A closure:
7317 * @code
7318 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7319 * // Handler code goes here.
7320 * };
7321 * @endcode
7322 *
7323 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7324 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7325 *
7326 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7327 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7328 */
7329 $wgHooks = [];
7330
7331 /**
7332 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7333 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7334 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7335 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7336 * hook for that.
7337 *
7338 * @see MediaWikiServices
7339 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7340 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7341 */
7342 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7343 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7344 ];
7345
7346 /**
7347 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7348 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7349 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7350 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7351 */
7352 $wgJobClasses = [
7353 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7354 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7355 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7356 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7357 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7358 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7359 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7360 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7361 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7362 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7363 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7364 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7365 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7366 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7367 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7368 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7369 'null' => 'NullJob'
7370 ];
7371
7372 /**
7373 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7374 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7375 *
7376 * These can be:
7377 * - Very long-running jobs.
7378 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7379 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7380 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7381 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7382 */
7383 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7384
7385 /**
7386 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7387 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7388 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7389 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7390 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7391 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7392 * @var float[]
7393 */
7394 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7395
7396 /**
7397 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7398 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7399 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7400 *
7401 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7402 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7403 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7404 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7405 *
7406 * @var float|bool
7407 * @since 1.26
7408 */
7409 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7410
7411 /**
7412 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7413 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7414 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7415 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7416 */
7417 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7418 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7419 ];
7420
7421 /**
7422 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7423 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7424 */
7425 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7426 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7427 ];
7428
7429 /**
7430 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7431 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7432 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7433 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7434 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7435 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7436 * that limit is hit.
7437 *
7438 * @since 1.29
7439 */
7440 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7441
7442 /**
7443 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7444 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7445 */
7446 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7447 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7448 ];
7449
7450 /**
7451 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7452 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7453 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7454 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7455 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7456 */
7457 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7458 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7459 ];
7460
7461 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7462
7463 /*************************************************************************//**
7464 * @name Categories
7465 * @{
7466 */
7467
7468 /**
7469 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7470 */
7471 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7472
7473 /**
7474 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7475 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7476 */
7477 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7478
7479 /**
7480 * Paging limit for categories
7481 */
7482 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7483
7484 /**
7485 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7486 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7487 *
7488 * Available values are:
7489 *
7490 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7491 *
7492 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7493 *
7494 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7495 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7496 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7497 *
7498 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7499 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7500 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7501 * server.
7502 *
7503 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7504 * the sort keys in the database.
7505 *
7506 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7507 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7508 */
7509 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7510
7511 /** @} */ # End categories }
7512
7513 /*************************************************************************//**
7514 * @name Logging
7515 * @{
7516 */
7517
7518 /**
7519 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7520 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7521 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7522 * log type.
7523 */
7524 $wgLogTypes = [
7525 '',
7526 'block',
7527 'protect',
7528 'rights',
7529 'delete',
7530 'upload',
7531 'move',
7532 'import',
7533 'patrol',
7534 'merge',
7535 'suppress',
7536 'tag',
7537 'managetags',
7538 'contentmodel',
7539 ];
7540
7541 /**
7542 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7543 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7544 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7545 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7546 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7547 */
7548 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7549 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7550 ];
7551
7552 /**
7553 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7554 *
7555 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7556 *
7557 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7558 *
7559 * @par Example:
7560 * @code
7561 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7562 * @endcode
7563 *
7564 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7565 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7566 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7567 *
7568 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7569 * for the link text.
7570 */
7571 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7572 'patrol' => true,
7573 'tag' => true,
7574 ];
7575
7576 /**
7577 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7578 * will be listed in the user interface.
7579 *
7580 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7581 *
7582 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7583 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7584 */
7585 $wgLogNames = [
7586 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7587 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7588 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7589 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7590 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7591 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7592 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7593 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7594 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7595 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7596 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7597 ];
7598
7599 /**
7600 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7601 * top of each log type.
7602 *
7603 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7604 *
7605 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7606 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7607 */
7608 $wgLogHeaders = [
7609 '' => 'alllogstext',
7610 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7611 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7612 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7613 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7614 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7615 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7616 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7617 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7618 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7619 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7620 ];
7621
7622 /**
7623 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7624 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7625 *
7626 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7627 */
7628 $wgLogActions = [];
7629
7630 /**
7631 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7632 * not messages.
7633 * @see LogPage::actionText
7634 * @see LogFormatter
7635 */
7636 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7637 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7638 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7639 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7640 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7641 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7642 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7643 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7644 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7645 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7646 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7647 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7648 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7649 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7650 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7651 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7652 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7653 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7654 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7655 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7656 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7657 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7658 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7659 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7660 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7661 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7662 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7663 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7664 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7665 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7666 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7667 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7668 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7669 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7670 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7671 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7672 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7673 ];
7674
7675 /**
7676 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7677 *
7678 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7679 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7680 * Extensions may append to this array
7681 * @since 1.27
7682 */
7683 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7684 'block' => [
7685 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7686 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7687 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7688 ],
7689 'contentmodel' => [
7690 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7691 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7692 ],
7693 'delete' => [
7694 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7695 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7696 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7697 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7698 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7699 ],
7700 'import' => [
7701 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7702 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7703 ],
7704 'managetags' => [
7705 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7706 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7707 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7708 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7709 ],
7710 'move' => [
7711 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7712 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7713 ],
7714 'newusers' => [
7715 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7716 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7717 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7718 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7719 ],
7720 'patrol' => [
7721 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7722 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7723 ],
7724 'protect' => [
7725 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7726 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7727 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7728 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7729 ],
7730 'rights' => [
7731 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7732 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7733 ],
7734 'suppress' => [
7735 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7736 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7737 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7738 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7739 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7740 ],
7741 'upload' => [
7742 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7743 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7744 ],
7745 ];
7746
7747 /**
7748 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7749 */
7750 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7751
7752 /** @} */ # end logging }
7753
7754 /*************************************************************************//**
7755 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7756 * @{
7757 */
7758
7759 /**
7760 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7761 */
7762 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7763
7764 /**
7765 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7766 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7767 */
7768 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7769
7770 /**
7771 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7772 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7773 */
7774 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7775
7776 /**
7777 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7778 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7779 */
7780 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7781
7782 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7783
7784 /*************************************************************************//**
7785 * @name Actions
7786 * @{
7787 */
7788
7789 /**
7790 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7791 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7792 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7793 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7794 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7795 * instead of the default class.
7796 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7797 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7798 */
7799 $wgActions = [
7800 'credits' => true,
7801 'delete' => true,
7802 'edit' => true,
7803 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7804 'history' => true,
7805 'info' => true,
7806 'markpatrolled' => true,
7807 'protect' => true,
7808 'purge' => true,
7809 'raw' => true,
7810 'render' => true,
7811 'revert' => true,
7812 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7813 'rollback' => true,
7814 'submit' => true,
7815 'unprotect' => true,
7816 'unwatch' => true,
7817 'view' => true,
7818 'watch' => true,
7819 ];
7820
7821 /** @} */ # end actions }
7822
7823 /*************************************************************************//**
7824 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7825 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7826 * @{
7827 */
7828
7829 /**
7830 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7831 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7832 * basis.
7833 */
7834 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7835
7836 /**
7837 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7838 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7839 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7840 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7841 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7842 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7843 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7844 *
7845 * @par Example:
7846 * @code
7847 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7848 * @endcode
7849 */
7850 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7851
7852 /**
7853 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7854 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7855 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7856 *
7857 * @par Example:
7858 * @code
7859 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7860 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7861 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7862 * ];
7863 * @endcode
7864 *
7865 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7866 * forms:
7867 * @code
7868 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7869 * # Underscore, not space!
7870 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7871 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7872 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7873 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7874 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7875 * ];
7876 * @endcode
7877 */
7878 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7879
7880 /**
7881 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7882 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7883 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7884 *
7885 * @par Example:
7886 * @code
7887 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7888 * @endcode
7889 */
7890 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7891
7892 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7893
7894 /************************************************************************//**
7895 * @name AJAX and API
7896 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7897 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7898 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7899 * @{
7900 */
7901
7902 /**
7903 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7904 * machine-readable data via api.php
7905 *
7906 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7907 */
7908 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7909
7910 /**
7911 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7912 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7913 * accesses it
7914 */
7915 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7916
7917 /**
7918 *
7919 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7920 *
7921 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7922 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7923 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7924 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7925 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7926 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7927 * requiring POST.
7928 *
7929 * @since 1.21
7930 */
7931 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7932
7933 /**
7934 * API module extensions.
7935 *
7936 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7937 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7938 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7939 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7940 *
7941 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7942 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7943 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7944 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7945 * field.
7946 *
7947 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7948 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7949 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7950 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7951 *
7952 * Examples for registering API modules:
7953 *
7954 * @code
7955 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7956 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7957 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7958 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7959 * ];
7960 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7961 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7962 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7963 * ];
7964 * @endcode
7965 *
7966 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7967 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7968 */
7969 $wgAPIModules = [];
7970
7971 /**
7972 * API format module extensions.
7973 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7974 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7975 *
7976 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7977 */
7978 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7979
7980 /**
7981 * API Query meta module extensions.
7982 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7983 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7984 *
7985 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7986 */
7987 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7988
7989 /**
7990 * API Query prop module extensions.
7991 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7992 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7993 *
7994 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7995 */
7996 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7997
7998 /**
7999 * API Query list module extensions.
8000 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8001 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8002 *
8003 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8004 */
8005 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8006
8007 /**
8008 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8009 * The default value is generally fine
8010 */
8011 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8012
8013 /**
8014 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8015 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8016 */
8017 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8018
8019 /**
8020 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8021 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8022 */
8023 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8024
8025 /**
8026 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8027 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8028 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8029 */
8030 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8031
8032 /**
8033 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8034 * API request logging
8035 */
8036 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8037
8038 /**
8039 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8040 */
8041 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8042
8043 /**
8044 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8045 * API queries.
8046 */
8047 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8048 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8049 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8050 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8051 ];
8052
8053 /**
8054 * Enable AJAX framework
8055 */
8056 $wgUseAjax = true;
8057
8058 /**
8059 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8060 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8061 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8062 */
8063 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8064
8065 /**
8066 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8067 */
8068 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8069
8070 /**
8071 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8072 */
8073 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8074
8075 /**
8076 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8077 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8078 */
8079 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8080
8081 /**
8082 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8083 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8084 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8085 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8086 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8087 *
8088 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8089 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8090 *
8091 * @par Example:
8092 * @code
8093 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8094 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8095 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8096 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8097 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8098 * ];
8099 * @endcode
8100 */
8101 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8102
8103 /**
8104 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8105 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8106 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8107 */
8108 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8109
8110 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8111
8112 /************************************************************************//**
8113 * @name Shell and process control
8114 * @{
8115 */
8116
8117 /**
8118 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8119 */
8120 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8121
8122 /**
8123 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8124 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8125 */
8126 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8127
8128 /**
8129 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8130 */
8131 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8132
8133 /**
8134 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8135 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8136 */
8137 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8138
8139 /**
8140 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8141 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8142 *
8143 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8144 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8145 * them segfault or deadlock.
8146 *
8147 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8148 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8149 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8150 *
8151 * @par Example:
8152 * @code
8153 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8154 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8155 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8156 * @endcode
8157 *
8158 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8159 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8160 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8161 */
8162 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8163
8164 /**
8165 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8166 */
8167 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8168
8169 /**
8170 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8171 *
8172 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8173 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8174 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8175 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8176 *
8177 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8178 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8179 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8180 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8181 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8182 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8183 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8184 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8185 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8186 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8187 * decimal separator)
8188 *
8189 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8190 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8191 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8192 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8193 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8194 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8195 * displayed to the user.
8196 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8197 * date/time values.
8198 *
8199 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8200 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8201 * wikis.
8202 */
8203 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8204
8205 /** @} */ # End shell }
8206
8207 /************************************************************************//**
8208 * @name HTTP client
8209 * @{
8210 */
8211
8212 /**
8213 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8214 */
8215 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8216
8217 /**
8218 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8219 * @since 1.29
8220 */
8221 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8222
8223 /**
8224 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8225 */
8226 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8227
8228 /**
8229 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8230 */
8231 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8232
8233 /**
8234 * Local virtual hosts.
8235 *
8236 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8237 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8238 * then no proxy will be used.
8239 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8240 * proxy if it is configured.
8241 * @since 1.25
8242 */
8243 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8244
8245 /**
8246 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8247 * Only works for curl
8248 */
8249 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8250
8251 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8252
8253 /************************************************************************//**
8254 * @name Job queue
8255 * @{
8256 */
8257
8258 /**
8259 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8260 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8261 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8262 * be run periodically.
8263 */
8264 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8265
8266 /**
8267 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8268 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8269 * execution finishes.
8270 *
8271 * @since 1.23
8272 */
8273 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8274
8275 /**
8276 * Number of rows to update per job
8277 */
8278 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8279
8280 /**
8281 * Number of rows to update per query
8282 */
8283 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8284
8285 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8286
8287 /************************************************************************//**
8288 * @name Miscellaneous
8289 * @{
8290 */
8291
8292 /**
8293 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8294 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8295 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8296 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8297 */
8298 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8299
8300 /**
8301 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8302 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8303 *
8304 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8305 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8306 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8307 */
8308 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8309
8310 /**
8311 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8312 * For debugging
8313 */
8314 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8315
8316 /**
8317 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8318 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8319 */
8320 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8324 */
8325 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8326
8327 /**
8328 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8329 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8330 */
8331 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8332
8333 /**
8334 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8335 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8336 */
8337 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8338
8339 /**
8340 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8341 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8342 *
8343 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8344 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8345 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8346 * parameters.
8347 *
8348 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8349 * @code
8350 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8351 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8352 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8353 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8354 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8355 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8356 * 'redisConfig' => []
8357 * ] ];
8358 * @endcode
8359 *
8360 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8361 * @code
8362 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8363 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8364 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8365 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8366 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8367 * ... any extension-specific options...
8368 * ] ];
8369 * @endcode
8370 */
8371 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8372
8373 /**
8374 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8375 */
8376 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8377
8378 /**
8379 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8380 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8381 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8382 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8383 *
8384 * @since 1.21
8385 */
8386 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8387
8388 /**
8389 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8390 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8391 *
8392 * * 'ignore': return null
8393 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8394 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8395 *
8396 * @since 1.21
8397 */
8398 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8399
8400 /**
8401 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8402 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8403 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8404 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8405 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8406 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8407 *
8408 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8409 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8410 *
8411 * @since 1.21
8412 */
8413 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8414
8415 /**
8416 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8417 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8418 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8419 *
8420 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8421 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8422 *
8423 * @since 1.21
8424 */
8425 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8426 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8427 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8428 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8429 ];
8430
8431 /**
8432 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8433 *
8434 * @since 1.20
8435 */
8436 $wgSiteTypes = [
8437 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8438 ];
8439
8440 /**
8441 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8442 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8443 * @since 1.23
8444 */
8445 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8446
8447 /**
8448 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8449 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8450 * @see T67184
8451 * @since 1.24
8452 */
8453 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8454
8455 /**
8456 * Secret for session storage.
8457 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8458 * be used.
8459 * @since 1.27
8460 */
8461 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8462
8463 /**
8464 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8465 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8466 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8467 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8468 * @since 1.27
8469 */
8470 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8471
8472 /**
8473 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8474 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8475 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8476 * be used.
8477 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8478 * @since 1.24
8479 */
8480 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8481
8482 /**
8483 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8484 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8485 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8486 * @since 1.24
8487 */
8488 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8489
8490 /**
8491 * Enable page language feature
8492 * Allows setting page language in database
8493 * @var bool
8494 * @since 1.24
8495 */
8496 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8497
8498 /**
8499 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8500 *
8501 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8502 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8503 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8504 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8505 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8506 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8507 *
8508 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8509 *
8510 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8511 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8512 * 'options' => [
8513 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8514 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8515 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8516 * ]
8517 * ];
8518 *
8519 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8520 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8521 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8522 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8523 *
8524 * Example config for Parsoid:
8525 *
8526 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8527 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8528 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8529 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8530 * ];
8531 *
8532 * @var array
8533 * @since 1.25
8534 */
8535 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8536 'paths' => [],
8537 'modules' => [],
8538 'global' => [
8539 # Timeout in seconds
8540 'timeout' => 360,
8541 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8542 'forwardCookies' => false,
8543 'HTTPProxy' => null
8544 ]
8545 ];
8546
8547 /**
8548 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8549 * these suggestions.
8550 *
8551 * @var bool
8552 * @since 1.26
8553 */
8554 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8555
8556 /**
8557 * Where popular password file is located.
8558 *
8559 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8560 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8561 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8562 *
8563 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8564 * @since 1.27
8565 * @var string path to file
8566 */
8567 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8568
8569 /*
8570 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8571 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8572 *
8573 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8574 * @since 1.27
8575 */
8576 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8577
8578 /*
8579 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8580 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8581 *
8582 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8583 * @since 1.30
8584 */
8585 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8586
8587 /**
8588 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8589 *
8590 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8591 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8592 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8593 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8594 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8595 *
8596 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8597 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8598 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8599 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8600 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8601 *
8602 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8603 *
8604 * @since 1.27
8605 */
8606 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8607 'default' => [
8608 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8609 ]
8610 ];
8611
8612 /**
8613 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8614 *
8615 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8616 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8617 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8618 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8619 *
8620 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8621 *
8622 * @var bool
8623 * @since 1.28
8624 */
8625 $wgPingback = false;
8626
8627 /**
8628 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8629 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8630 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8631 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8632 *
8633 * @since 1.28
8634 */
8635 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8636 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8637 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8638 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8639 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8640 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8641 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8642 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8643 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8644 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8645 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8646 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8647 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8648 ];
8649
8650 /**
8651 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8652 *
8653 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8654 *
8655 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8656 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8657 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8658 *
8659 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8660 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8661 */
8662 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8663 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8664 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8665 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8666
8667 /**
8668 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8669 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8670 *
8671 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8672 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8673 *
8674 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8675 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8676 *
8677 * @par Example:
8678 * @code
8679 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8680 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8681 *];
8682 * @endcode
8683 */
8684 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8685
8686 /**
8687 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8688 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8689 * @}
8690 */